Sema.h revision 51d8c52ad36129760eaa586f85176037e2cd0d0e
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203public: 204 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 205 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 206 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 207 208 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 209 FPOptions FPFeatures; 210 211 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 212 Preprocessor &PP; 213 ASTContext &Context; 214 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 215 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 216 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 217 218 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 219 bool CollectStats; 220 221 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 222 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 223 224 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 225 DeclContext *CurContext; 226 227 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 228 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 229 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 230 231 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 232 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 233 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 234 235 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 236 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 237 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 238 239 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 240 241 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 242 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 243 244 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 245 /// 246 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 247 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 248 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 249 250 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 251 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 252 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 253 254 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 255 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 256 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 257 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 258 259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 260 261 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 262 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 263 /// 264 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 265 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 266 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 267 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 268 269 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 270 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 271 ExtVectorDeclsType; 272 273 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 274 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 275 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 276 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 277 278 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 279 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 280 281 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 282 283 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 284 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 285 286 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 287 288 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 289 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 290 /// same list more than once. 291 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 292 293 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 294 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 295 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 296 297 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 298 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 299 /// 300 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 301 /// scopes, e.g., 302 /// 303 /// \code 304 /// extern "C" void f() { 305 /// void foo(int, int); 306 /// } 307 /// \endcode 308 /// 309 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 310 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 311 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 312 /// 313 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 314 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 315 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 316 /// for compatibility. 317 /// 318 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 319 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 320 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 321 /// not visible. 322 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 323 324 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 326 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 327 328 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 330 TentativeDefinitionsType; 331 332 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 333 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 337 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 340 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 341 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 342 343 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 344 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 345 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 346 347 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 348 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 349 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 350 351 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 352 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 353 /// exception spec. 354 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 355 356 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 357 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 358 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 359 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 360 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 361 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 362 363 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 364 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 365 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 366 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 367 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 368 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 369 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 370 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 371 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 372 373 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 374 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 375 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 376 void *OpaqueParser; 377 378 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 379 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 380 OpaqueParser = P; 381 } 382 383 class DelayedDiagnostics; 384 385 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 386 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 387 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 388 }; 389 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 390 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 391 392 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 393 /// during parsing and other processing. 394 class DelayedDiagnostics { 395 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 396 /// diagnostics should go. 397 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 398 399 public: 400 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 401 402 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 403 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 404 405 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 406 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 407 408 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 410 return CurPool; 411 } 412 413 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 414 /// collected in this pool. 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 416 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 417 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 418 CurPool = &pool; 419 return state; 420 } 421 422 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 423 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 424 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 425 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 426 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 427 } 428 429 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 430 /// not delayed. 431 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 432 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 433 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 434 CurPool = 0; 435 return state; 436 } 437 438 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 439 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 440 assert(CurPool == NULL); 441 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 442 } 443 } DelayedDiagnostics; 444 445 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 446 class ContextRAII { 447 private: 448 Sema &S; 449 DeclContext *SavedContext; 450 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 451 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 452 453 public: 454 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 455 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 456 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 457 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 458 { 459 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 460 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 461 } 462 463 void pop() { 464 if (!SavedContext) return; 465 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 466 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 467 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 468 SavedContext = 0; 469 } 470 471 ~ContextRAII() { 472 pop(); 473 } 474 }; 475 476 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 477 /// a function body. 478 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 479 Sema &S; 480 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 481 482 public: 483 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 484 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 485 { 486 S.PushFunctionScope(); 487 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 488 } 489 490 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 491 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 492 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 493 } 494 }; 495 496 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 497 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 498 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 499 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 500 501 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 502 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 503 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 504 /// in the currently selected standard. 505 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 506 507 508 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 509 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 510 511 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 512 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 513 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 514 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 515 /// It would be best to refactor this. 516 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 517 518 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 519 520 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 521 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 522 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 523 Scope *TUScope; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 526 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 529 /// standard library. 530 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 531 532 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 533 /// \<initializer_list>. 534 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 535 536 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 537 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 538 539 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 540 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 541 542 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 543 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 544 545 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 546 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 547 548 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 549 QualType NSNumberPointer; 550 551 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 552 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 553 554 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 555 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 556 557 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 558 QualType NSStringPointer; 559 560 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 561 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 567 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 573 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 574 575 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 576 QualType QIDNSCopying; 577 578 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 579 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 580 581 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 582 /// have been declared. 583 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 584 585 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 586 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 587 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 588 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 589 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 590 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 591 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 592 /// run time. 593 Unevaluated, 594 595 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 596 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 597 /// cases in a switch statment). 598 ConstantEvaluated, 599 600 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 601 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 602 /// expression at run time. 603 PotentiallyEvaluated, 604 605 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 606 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 607 /// in fact the current expression is used. 608 /// 609 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 610 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 611 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 612 /// until the default argument is used. 613 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 614 }; 615 616 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 617 /// expression evaluation contexts. 618 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 619 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 620 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 621 622 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 623 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 624 625 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 626 bool IsDecltype; 627 628 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 629 /// this expression evaluation context. 630 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 631 632 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 633 634 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 635 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 636 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 637 638 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 639 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 640 /// default function argument. 641 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 642 643 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 644 /// within this context. 645 /// 646 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 647 /// do not have lambda expressions. 648 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 649 650 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 651 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 652 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 653 654 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 655 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 656 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 657 658 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 659 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 660 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 661 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 662 bool IsDecltype) 663 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 664 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 665 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 666 667 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 668 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 669 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 670 if (!LambdaMangle) 671 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 672 return *LambdaMangle; 673 } 674 }; 675 676 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 677 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 678 679 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 680 /// function. 681 /// 682 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 683 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 684 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 685 public: 686 enum Kind { 687 NoMemberOrDeleted, 688 Ambiguous, 689 Success 690 }; 691 692 private: 693 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 694 695 public: 696 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 697 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 698 {} 699 700 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 701 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 702 703 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 704 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 705 }; 706 707 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 708 /// for C++ records. 709 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 710 711 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 712 /// 713 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 714 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 715 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 716 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 717 /// checks. 718 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 719 720 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 721 722 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 723 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 724 725 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 726 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 727 728 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 729 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 730 /// 731 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 732 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 733 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 734 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 735 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 736 737 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 738 // argument locations. 739 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 740 741 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 742 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 743 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 744 745 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 746 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 747 748 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 749 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 750 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 751 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 752 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 753 754 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 755 /// of -Wselector. 756 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 757 758 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 759 enum CXXSpecialMember { 760 CXXDefaultConstructor, 761 CXXCopyConstructor, 762 CXXMoveConstructor, 763 CXXCopyAssignment, 764 CXXMoveAssignment, 765 CXXDestructor, 766 CXXInvalid 767 }; 768 769 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 770 771 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 772 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 773 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 774 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 775 776 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 777 778 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 779 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 780 781 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 782 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 783 /// should not be used elsewhere. 784 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 785 786 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 787 /// statements. 788 class FPContractStateRAII { 789 public: 790 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 791 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 792 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 793 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 794 } 795 private: 796 Sema& S; 797 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 798 }; 799 800public: 801 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 802 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 803 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 804 ~Sema(); 805 806 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 807 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 808 void Initialize(); 809 810 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 811 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 812 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 813 814 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 815 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 816 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 817 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 818 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 819 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 820 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 821 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 822 823 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 824 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 825 /// 826 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 827 /// 828 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 829 830 void PrintStats() const; 831 832 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 833 /// template instantiation stacks. 834 /// 835 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 836 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 837 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 838 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 839 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 840 /// well. 841 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 842 Sema &SemaRef; 843 unsigned DiagID; 844 845 public: 846 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 847 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 848 849 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 850 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 851 if (!isActive()) return; 852 853 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 854 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 855 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 856 // 857 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 858 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 859 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 860 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 861 // eliminate that code. 862 FlushCounts(); 863 Clear(); 864 865 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 866 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 867 } 868 }; 869 870 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 871 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 872 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 873 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 874 } 875 876 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 877 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 878 879 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 880 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 881 882 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 883 884 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 885 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 886 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 887 888 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 889 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 890 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 891 892 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 893 894 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 895 896 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 897 898 void PushFunctionScope(); 899 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 900 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 901 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 902 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 903 904 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 905 return FunctionScopes.back(); 906 } 907 908 void PushCompoundScope(); 909 void PopCompoundScope(); 910 911 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 912 913 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 914 915 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 916 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 917 918 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 919 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 920 921 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 922 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 923 924 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 925 926 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 927 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 928 // 929 930 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 931 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 932 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 933 } 934 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 935 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 936 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 937 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 938 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 939 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 940 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 941 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 942 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 943 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 944 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 945 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 946 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 947 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 948 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 949 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 950 SourceLocation Loc, 951 DeclarationName Entity); 952 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 953 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 954 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 955 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 956 957 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 958 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 959 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 960 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 961 962 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 963 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 964 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 965 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 966 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 967 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 968 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 969 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 970 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 971 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 972 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 973 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 974 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 975 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 976 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 977 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 978 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 979 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 980 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 981 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 982 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 983 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 984 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 985 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 986 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 987 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 988 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 989 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 990 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 991 992 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 993 994 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 995 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 996 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 997 998 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 999 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1000 bool Suppressed; 1001 1002 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1003 1004 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1005 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1006 }; 1007 1008 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1009 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1010 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1011 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1012 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1013 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1014 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1015 return II; 1016 } 1017 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1018 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1019 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1020 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1021 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1022 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1023 1024 template<typename T1> 1025 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1026 unsigned DiagID; 1027 const T1 &Arg1; 1028 1029 public: 1030 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1031 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1032 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1033 if (Suppressed) return; 1034 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1035 } 1036 1037 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1038 }; 1039 1040 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1041 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1042 unsigned DiagID; 1043 const T1 &Arg1; 1044 const T2 &Arg2; 1045 1046 public: 1047 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1048 const T2 &Arg2) 1049 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1050 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1051 1052 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1053 if (Suppressed) return; 1054 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1055 } 1056 1057 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1058 }; 1059 1060 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1061 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1062 unsigned DiagID; 1063 const T1 &Arg1; 1064 const T2 &Arg2; 1065 const T3 &Arg3; 1066 1067 public: 1068 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1069 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1070 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1071 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1072 1073 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1074 if (Suppressed) return; 1075 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1076 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1077 } 1078 1079 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1080 }; 1081 1082 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1083 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1084 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1085 unsigned DiagID); 1086 1087 template<typename T1> 1088 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1089 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1090 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1091 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1092 } 1093 1094 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1095 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1096 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1097 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1098 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1099 } 1100 1101 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1102 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1103 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1104 const T3 &Arg3) { 1105 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1106 Arg3); 1107 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1108 } 1109 1110 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1111 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1112 1113 template<typename T1> 1114 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1115 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1116 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1117 } 1118 1119 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1120 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1121 const T2 &Arg2) { 1122 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1123 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1124 } 1125 1126 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1127 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1128 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1129 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1130 Arg3); 1131 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1132 } 1133 1134 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1135 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1136 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1137 1138 template<typename T1> 1139 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1140 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1141 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1142 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1143 } 1144 1145 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1146 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1147 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1148 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1149 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1150 } 1151 1152 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1153 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1154 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1155 const T3 &Arg3) { 1156 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1157 Arg3); 1158 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1159 } 1160 1161 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1162 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1163 1164 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1165 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1166 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1167 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1168 SourceLocation Loc); 1169 1170 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1171 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1172 // 1173 1174 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1175 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1176 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1177 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1178 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1179 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1180 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1181 /// such as: 1182 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1183 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1184 1185 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1186 1187 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1188 1189 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1190 1191 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1192 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1193 bool isClassName = false, 1194 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1195 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1196 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1197 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1198 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1199 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1200 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1201 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1202 SourceLocation IILoc, 1203 Scope *S, 1204 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1205 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1206 1207 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1208 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1209 enum NameClassificationKind { 1210 NC_Unknown, 1211 NC_Error, 1212 NC_Keyword, 1213 NC_Type, 1214 NC_Expression, 1215 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1216 NC_TypeTemplate, 1217 NC_FunctionTemplate 1218 }; 1219 1220 class NameClassification { 1221 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1222 ExprResult Expr; 1223 TemplateName Template; 1224 ParsedType Type; 1225 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1226 1227 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1228 1229 public: 1230 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1231 1232 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1233 1234 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1235 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1236 1237 static NameClassification Error() { 1238 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1239 } 1240 1241 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1242 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1243 } 1244 1245 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1246 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1247 } 1248 1249 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1250 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1251 Result.Template = Name; 1252 return Result; 1253 } 1254 1255 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1256 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1257 Result.Template = Name; 1258 return Result; 1259 } 1260 1261 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1262 1263 ParsedType getType() const { 1264 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1265 return Type; 1266 } 1267 1268 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1269 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1270 return Expr; 1271 } 1272 1273 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1274 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1275 return Template; 1276 } 1277 1278 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1279 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1280 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1281 } 1282 }; 1283 1284 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1285 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1286 /// 1287 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1288 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1289 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1290 /// 1291 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1292 /// 1293 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1294 /// 1295 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1296 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1297 /// 1298 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1299 /// 1300 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1301 /// disambiguate the name. 1302 /// 1303 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1304 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1305 /// expression. 1306 /// 1307 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1308 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1309 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1310 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1311 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1312 const Token &NextToken, 1313 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1314 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1315 1316 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1317 1318 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1319 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1320 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1321 const LookupResult &Previous, 1322 Scope *S); 1323 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1324 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1325 DeclarationName Name, 1326 SourceLocation Loc); 1327 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1328 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1329 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1330 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1331 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1332 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1333 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1334 LookupResult &Previous); 1335 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1336 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1337 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1338 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1339 LookupResult &Previous, 1340 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1341 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1342 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1343 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1344 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1345 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1346 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1347 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1348 LookupResult &Previous, 1349 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1350 bool &AddToScope); 1351 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1352 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1353 1354 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1355 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1356 1357 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1358 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1359 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1360 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1361 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1362 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1363 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1364 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1365 SourceLocation Loc, 1366 QualType T); 1367 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1368 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1369 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1370 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1371 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1372 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1373 Expr *defarg); 1374 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1375 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1376 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1377 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1378 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1379 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1380 1381 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1382 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1383 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1384 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1385 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1386 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1387 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1388 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1389 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1390 Decl **Group, 1391 unsigned NumDecls); 1392 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1393 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1394 1395 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1396 /// documentation comments. 1397 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1398 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1399 1400 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1401 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1402 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1403 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1404 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1405 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1406 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1407 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1408 } 1409 1410 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1411 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1412 /// code for that function. 1413 /// 1414 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1415 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1416 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1417 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1418 1419 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1420 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1421 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1422 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1423 1424 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1425 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1426 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1427 1428 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1429 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1430 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1431 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1432 1433 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1434 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1435 /// specified threshold. 1436 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1437 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1438 QualType ReturnTy, 1439 NamedDecl *D); 1440 1441 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1442 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1443 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1444 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1445 1446 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1447 /// 1448 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1449 /// 1450 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1451 /// 1452 /// \param Path The module access path. 1453 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1454 ModuleIdPath Path); 1455 1456 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1457 /// source location. 1458 /// 1459 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1460 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1461 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1462 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1463 1464 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1465 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1466 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1467 } 1468 1469 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1470 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1471 const Preprocessor &PP); 1472 1473 /// Scope actions. 1474 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1475 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1476 1477 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1478 DeclSpec &DS); 1479 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1480 DeclSpec &DS, 1481 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1482 1483 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1484 AccessSpecifier AS, 1485 RecordDecl *Record); 1486 1487 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1488 RecordDecl *Record); 1489 1490 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1491 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1492 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1493 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1494 1495 enum TagUseKind { 1496 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1497 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1498 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1499 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1500 }; 1501 1502 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1503 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1504 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1505 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1506 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1507 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1508 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1509 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1510 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1511 1512 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1513 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1514 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1515 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1516 AttributeList *Attr, 1517 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1518 1519 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1520 unsigned TagSpec, 1521 TagUseKind TUK, 1522 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1523 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1524 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1525 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1526 1527 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1528 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1529 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1530 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1531 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1532 1533 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1534 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1535 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1536 AccessSpecifier AS); 1537 1538 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1539 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1540 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1541 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1542 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1543 SourceLocation TSSL, 1544 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1545 Declarator *D = 0); 1546 1547 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1548 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1549 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1550 bool Diagnose = false); 1551 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1552 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1553 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1554 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1555 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1556 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1557 1558 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1559 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1560 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1561 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1562 AttributeList *AttrList); 1563 1564 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1565 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1566 /// struct, or union). 1567 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1568 1569 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1570 1571 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1572 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1573 /// member declarations. 1574 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1575 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1576 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1577 1578 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1579 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1580 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1581 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1582 1583 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1584 1585 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1586 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1587 /// 1588 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1589 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1590 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1591 1592 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1593 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1594 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1595 1596 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1597 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1598 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1599 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1600 Expr *val); 1601 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1602 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1603 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1604 1605 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1606 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1607 AttributeList *Attrs, 1608 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1609 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1610 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1611 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1612 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1613 1614 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1615 1616 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1617 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1618 void PopDeclContext(); 1619 1620 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1621 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1622 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1623 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1624 1625 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1626 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1627 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1628 1629 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1630 1631 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1632 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1633 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1634 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1635 1636 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1637 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1638 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1639 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1640 1641 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1642 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1643 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1644 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1645 1646 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1647 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1648 1649 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1650 /// top level scope. 1651 /// 1652 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1653 /// 1654 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1655 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1656 1657 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1658 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1659 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1660 /// 1661 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1662 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1663 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1664 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1665 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1666 1667 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1668 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1669 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1670 1671 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1672 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1673 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1674 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1675 1676 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1677 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1678 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1679 VersionTuple Introduced, 1680 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1681 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1682 bool IsUnavailable, 1683 StringRef Message, 1684 bool Override, 1685 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1686 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1687 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1688 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1689 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1690 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1691 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1692 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1693 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1694 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1695 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1696 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1697 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1698 bool mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1699 bool Override); 1700 1701 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1702 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1703 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1704 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1705 AMK_None, 1706 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1707 /// an exact match. 1708 AMK_Redeclaration, 1709 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1710 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1711 AMK_Override 1712 }; 1713 1714 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1715 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1716 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1717 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1718 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1719 Scope *S); 1720 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1721 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1722 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1723 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1724 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1725 1726 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1727 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1728 enum AssignmentAction { 1729 AA_Assigning, 1730 AA_Passing, 1731 AA_Returning, 1732 AA_Converting, 1733 AA_Initializing, 1734 AA_Sending, 1735 AA_Casting 1736 }; 1737 1738 /// C++ Overloading. 1739 enum OverloadKind { 1740 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1741 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1742 Ovl_Overload, 1743 1744 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1745 /// an existing declaration. 1746 Ovl_Match, 1747 1748 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1749 /// non-function. 1750 Ovl_NonFunction 1751 }; 1752 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1753 FunctionDecl *New, 1754 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1755 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1756 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1757 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1758 1759 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1760 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1761 /// 1762 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1763 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1764 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1765 1766 ImplicitConversionSequence 1767 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1768 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1769 bool AllowExplicit, 1770 bool InOverloadResolution, 1771 bool CStyle, 1772 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1773 1774 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1775 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1776 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1777 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1778 bool InOverloadResolution, 1779 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1780 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1781 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1782 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1783 QualType &ConvertedType); 1784 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1785 QualType& ConvertedType); 1786 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1787 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1788 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1789 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1790 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1791 1792 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1793 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1794 CastKind &Kind, 1795 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1796 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1797 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1798 bool InOverloadResolution, 1799 QualType &ConvertedType); 1800 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1801 CastKind &Kind, 1802 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1803 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1804 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1805 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1806 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1807 QualType &ResultTy); 1808 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1809 1810 1811 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1812 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1813 QualType ResultType, 1814 Expr *Value, 1815 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1816 1817 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1818 ExprResult Init); 1819 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1820 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1821 ExprResult Init, 1822 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1823 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1824 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1825 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1826 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1827 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1828 1829 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1830 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1831 1832 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1833 enum CCEKind { 1834 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1835 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1836 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1837 }; 1838 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1839 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1840 1841 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1842 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1843 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1844 public: 1845 bool Suppress; 1846 bool SuppressConversion; 1847 1848 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1849 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1850 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1851 1852 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1853 /// integral or enumeration type. 1854 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1855 QualType T) = 0; 1856 1857 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1858 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1859 QualType T) = 0; 1860 1861 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1862 /// is explicit. 1863 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1864 QualType T, 1865 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1866 1867 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1868 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1869 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1870 1871 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1872 /// functions. 1873 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1874 QualType T) = 0; 1875 1876 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1877 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1878 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1879 1880 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1881 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1882 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1883 QualType T, 1884 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1885 1886 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1887 }; 1888 1889 ExprResult 1890 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1891 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1892 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1893 1894 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1895 OS_Array, 1896 OS_Dictionary, 1897 OS_Error 1898 }; 1899 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1900 1901 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1902 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1903 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1904 LK_Array, 1905 LK_Dictionary, 1906 LK_Numeric, 1907 LK_Boxed, 1908 LK_String, 1909 LK_Block, 1910 LK_None 1911 }; 1912 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1913 1914 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1915 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1916 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1917 NamedDecl *Member); 1918 1919 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1920 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1921 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1922 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1923 1924 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1925 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1926 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1927 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1928 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1929 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1930 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1931 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1932 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1933 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1934 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1935 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1936 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1937 QualType ObjectType, 1938 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1939 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1940 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1941 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1942 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1943 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1944 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1945 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1946 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1947 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1948 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1949 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1950 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1951 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1952 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1953 QualType ObjectType, 1954 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1955 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1956 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1957 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1958 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1959 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1960 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1961 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1962 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1963 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1964 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1965 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1966 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1967 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1968 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1969 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1970 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1971 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1972 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1973 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1974 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1975 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1976 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1977 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1978 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1979 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1980 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1981 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1982 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1983 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1984 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1985 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1986 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1987 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1988 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1989 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1990 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1991 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1992 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1993 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1994 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1995 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1996 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1997 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1998 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1999 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2000 2001 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2002 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2003 2004 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2005 // identified by the expression Expr 2006 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2007 2008 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2009 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2010 // R (A) --> R(A) 2011 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2012 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2013 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2014 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2015 2016 FunctionDecl * 2017 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2018 QualType TargetType, 2019 bool Complain, 2020 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2021 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2022 2023 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2024 bool Complain = false, 2025 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2026 2027 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2028 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2029 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2030 bool Complain = false, 2031 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2032 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2033 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2034 2035 2036 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2037 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2038 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2039 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2040 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2041 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2042 2043 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2044 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2045 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2046 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2047 2048 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2049 // range-based for loop. 2050 enum ForRangeStatus { 2051 FRS_Success, 2052 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2053 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2054 }; 2055 2056 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2057 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2058 enum BeginEndFunction { 2059 BEF_begin, 2060 BEF_end 2061 }; 2062 2063 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2064 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2065 VarDecl *Decl, 2066 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2067 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2068 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2069 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2070 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2071 2072 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2073 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2074 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2075 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2076 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2077 Expr *ExecConfig, 2078 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2079 2080 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2081 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2082 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2083 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2084 ExprResult *Result); 2085 2086 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2087 unsigned Opc, 2088 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2089 Expr *input); 2090 2091 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2092 unsigned Opc, 2093 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2094 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2095 2096 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2097 SourceLocation RLoc, 2098 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2099 2100 ExprResult 2101 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2102 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2103 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2104 ExprResult 2105 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2106 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2107 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2108 2109 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2110 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2111 2112 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2113 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2114 /// that best represents the call. 2115 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2116 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2117 2118 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2119 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2120 bool CheckParameterNames); 2121 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2122 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2123 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2124 2125 /// \name Name lookup 2126 /// 2127 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2128 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2129 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2130 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2131 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2132 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2133 /// 2134 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2135 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2136 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2137 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2138 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2139 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2140 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2141 /// 2142 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2143 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2144 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2145 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2146 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2147 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2148 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2149 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2150 //@{ 2151 2152 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2153 enum LookupNameKind { 2154 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2155 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2156 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2157 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2158 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2159 /// structs, and unions. 2160 LookupTagName, 2161 /// Label name lookup. 2162 LookupLabel, 2163 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2164 /// class/struct/union members. 2165 LookupMemberName, 2166 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2167 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2168 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2169 LookupOperatorName, 2170 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2171 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2172 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2173 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2174 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2175 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2176 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2177 LookupNamespaceName, 2178 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2179 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2180 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2181 LookupUsingDeclName, 2182 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2183 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2184 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2185 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2186 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2187 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2188 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2189 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2190 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2191 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2192 LookupAnyName 2193 }; 2194 2195 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2196 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2197 enum RedeclarationKind { 2198 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2199 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2200 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2201 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2202 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2203 ForRedeclaration 2204 }; 2205 2206 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2207 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2208 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2209 LOLR_Error, 2210 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2211 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2212 LOLR_Cooked, 2213 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2214 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2215 LOLR_Raw, 2216 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2217 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2218 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2219 LOLR_Template 2220 }; 2221 2222 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2223 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2224 bool ConstArg, 2225 bool VolatileArg, 2226 bool RValueThis, 2227 bool ConstThis, 2228 bool VolatileThis); 2229 2230private: 2231 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2232 2233 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2234 // 2235 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2236 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2237 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2238 2239 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2240 /// source. 2241 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2242 2243public: 2244 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2245 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2246 /// 2247 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2248 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2249 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2250 SourceLocation Loc, 2251 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2252 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2253 = NotForRedeclaration); 2254 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2255 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2256 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2257 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2258 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2259 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2260 bool EnteringContext = false); 2261 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2262 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2263 = NotForRedeclaration); 2264 2265 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2266 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2267 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2268 2269 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2270 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2271 2272 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2273 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2274 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2275 unsigned Quals); 2276 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2277 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2278 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2279 unsigned Quals); 2280 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2281 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2282 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2283 2284 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2285 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2286 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2287 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2288 2289 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2290 SourceLocation Loc, 2291 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2292 ADLResult &Functions); 2293 2294 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2295 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2296 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2297 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2298 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2299 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2300 2301 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2302 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2303 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2304 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2305 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2306 bool EnteringContext = false, 2307 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2308 2309 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2310 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2311 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2312 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2313 2314 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2315 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2316 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2317 2318 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2319 //@} 2320 2321 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2322 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2323 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2324 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2325 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2326 SourceLocation Loc); 2327 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2328 Scope *S); 2329 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2330 2331 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2332 2333 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2334 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2335 bool NonInheritable = true, 2336 bool Inheritable = true); 2337 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2338 bool NonInheritable = true, 2339 bool Inheritable = true, 2340 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2341 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2342 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2343 2344 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2345 2346 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2347 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2348 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2349 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2350 2351 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2352 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2353 SourceRange Range); 2354 2355 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2356 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2357 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2358 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2359 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2360 2361 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2362 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2363 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2364 2365 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2366 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2367 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2368 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2369 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2370 2371 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2372 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2373 2374 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2375 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2376 2377 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2378 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2379 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2380 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2381 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2382 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2383 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2384 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2385 2386 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2387 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2388 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2389 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2390 SourceLocation Loc); 2391 2392 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2393 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2394 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2395 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2396 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2397 2398 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2399 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2400 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2401 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2402 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2403 2404 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2405 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2406 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2407 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2408 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2409 2410 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2411 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2412 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2413 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2414 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2415 2416 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2417 /// class extensions. 2418 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2419 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2420 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2421 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2422 Selector GetterSel, 2423 Selector SetterSel, 2424 const bool isAssign, 2425 const bool isReadWrite, 2426 const unsigned Attributes, 2427 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2428 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2429 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2430 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2431 2432 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2433 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2434 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2435 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2436 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2437 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2438 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2439 Selector GetterSel, 2440 Selector SetterSel, 2441 const bool isAssign, 2442 const bool isReadWrite, 2443 const unsigned Attributes, 2444 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2445 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2446 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2447 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2448 2449 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2450 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2451 /// setter or getter. 2452 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2453 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2454 2455 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2456 2457 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2458 2459 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2460 MMS_loose, 2461 MMS_strict 2462 }; 2463 2464 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2465 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2466 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2467 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2468 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2469 2470 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2471 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2472 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2473 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2474 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2475 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2476 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2477 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2478 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2479 bool ImmediateClass, 2480 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2481 2482 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2483 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2484 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2485 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2486 2487 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2488 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2489 2490private: 2491 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2492 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2493 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2494 2495 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2496 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2497 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2498 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2499 bool warn, bool instance); 2500 2501public: 2502 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2503 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2504 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2505 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2506 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2507 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2508 } 2509 2510 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2511 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2512 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2513 } 2514 2515 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2516 /// pool. 2517 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2518 2519 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2520 /// there are multiple signatures. 2521 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2522 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2523 bool warn=true) { 2524 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2525 warn, /*instance*/true); 2526 } 2527 2528 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2529 /// there are multiple signatures. 2530 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2531 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2532 bool warn=true) { 2533 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2534 warn, /*instance*/false); 2535 } 2536 2537 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2538 /// implementation. 2539 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2540 2541 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2542 /// initialization. 2543 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2544 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2545 2546 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2547 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2548public: 2549 class FullExprArg { 2550 public: 2551 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2552 2553 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2554 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2555 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2556 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2557 2558 ExprResult release() { 2559 return E; 2560 } 2561 2562 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2563 2564 Expr *operator->() { 2565 return E; 2566 } 2567 2568 private: 2569 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2570 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2571 friend class Sema; 2572 2573 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2574 2575 Expr *E; 2576 }; 2577 2578 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2579 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2580 } 2581 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2582 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2583 } 2584 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2585 ExprResult FE = 2586 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2587 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2588 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2589 } 2590 2591 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2592 2593 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2594 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2595 2596 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2597 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2598 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2599 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2600 bool isStmtExpr); 2601 2602 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2603 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2604 public: 2605 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2606 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2607 } 2608 2609 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2610 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2611 } 2612 2613 private: 2614 Sema &S; 2615 }; 2616 2617 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2618 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2619 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2620 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2621 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2622 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2623 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2624 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2625 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2626 2627 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2628 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2629 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2630 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2631 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2632 2633 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2634 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2635 Stmt *SubStmt); 2636 2637 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2638 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2639 Stmt *ThenVal, 2640 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2641 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2642 Expr *Cond, 2643 Decl *CondVar); 2644 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2645 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2646 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2647 FullExprArg Cond, 2648 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2649 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2650 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2651 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2652 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2653 2654 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2655 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2656 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2657 Decl *SecondVar, 2658 FullExprArg Third, 2659 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2660 Stmt *Body); 2661 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2662 Expr *collection); 2663 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2664 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2665 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2666 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2667 2668 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2669 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2670 BFRK_Build, 2671 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2672 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2673 BFRK_Rebuild, 2674 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2675 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2676 BFRK_Check 2677 }; 2678 2679 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2680 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2681 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2682 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2683 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2684 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2685 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2686 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2687 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2688 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2689 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2690 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2691 2692 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2693 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2694 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2695 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2696 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2697 Expr *DestExp); 2698 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2699 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2700 2701 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2702 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2703 2704 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2705 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2706 2707 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2708 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2709 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2710 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2711 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2712 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2713 2714 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2715 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2716 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2717 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2718 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2719 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2720 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2721 2722 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2723 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2724 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2725 bool Invalid = false); 2726 2727 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2728 2729 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2730 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2731 2732 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2733 2734 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2735 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2736 2737 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2738 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2739 Scope *CurScope); 2740 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2741 Expr *operand); 2742 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2743 Expr *SynchExpr, 2744 Stmt *SynchBody); 2745 2746 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2747 2748 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2749 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2750 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2751 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2752 2753 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2754 2755 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2756 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2757 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2758 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2759 2760 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2761 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2762 Stmt *TryBlock, 2763 Stmt *Handler); 2764 2765 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2766 Expr *FilterExpr, 2767 Stmt *Block); 2768 2769 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2770 Stmt *Block); 2771 2772 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2773 2774 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2775 2776 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2777 /// of it. 2778 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2779 2780 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2781 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2782 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2783 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2784 2785 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2786 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2787 /// 2788 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2789 /// if (condition); 2790 /// do_stuff(); 2791 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2792 const Stmt *Body, 2793 unsigned DiagID); 2794 2795 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2796 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2797 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2798 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2799 2800 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2801 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2802 } 2803 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2804 2805 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2806 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2807 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2808 } 2809 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2810 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2811 } 2812 2813 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2814 2815 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2816 SourceLocation Loc, 2817 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2818 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2819 2820 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2821 2822 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2823 StringRef message); 2824 2825 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2826 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2827 2828 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2829 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2830 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2831 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2832 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2833 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2834 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2835 SourceLocation Loc); 2836 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2837 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2838 2839 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2840 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2841 bool IsDecltype = false); 2842 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2843 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2844 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2845 bool IsDecltype = false); 2846 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2847 2848 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2849 2850 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2851 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2852 2853 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2854 2855 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2856 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2857 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2858 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2859 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2860 // named expressions. 2861 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2862 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2863 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2864 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2865 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2866 2867 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2868 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2869 2870 enum TryCaptureKind { 2871 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2872 }; 2873 2874 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2875 /// 2876 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2877 /// 2878 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2879 /// 2880 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2881 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2882 /// 2883 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2884 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2885 /// 2886 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2887 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2888 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2889 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2890 /// 2891 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2892 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2893 /// variable can be captured. 2894 /// 2895 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2896 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2897 /// captured. 2898 /// 2899 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2900 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2901 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2902 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2903 QualType &CaptureType, 2904 QualType &DeclRefType); 2905 2906 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2907 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2908 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2909 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2910 2911 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2912 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2913 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2914 2915 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2916 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2917 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2918 2919 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2920 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2921 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2922 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2923 bool ForceComplain = false, 2924 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2925 2926 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2927 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2928 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2929 2930 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2931 /// evaluation context. 2932 /// 2933 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2934 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2935 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2936 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2937 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2938 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2939 2940 // Primary Expressions. 2941 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2942 2943 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2944 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2945 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2946 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2947 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2948 2949 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2950 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2951 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2952 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2953 2954 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2955 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2956 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2957 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2958 2959 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2960 IdentifierInfo *II, 2961 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2962 2963 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2964 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2965 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2966 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2967 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2968 2969 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2970 ExprValueKind VK, 2971 SourceLocation Loc, 2972 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2973 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2974 ExprValueKind VK, 2975 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2976 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2977 ExprResult 2978 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2979 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2980 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2981 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2982 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2983 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2984 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2985 LookupResult &R, 2986 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2987 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2988 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2989 LookupResult &R, 2990 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2991 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2992 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2993 const LookupResult &R, 2994 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2995 2996 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2997 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2998 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 2999 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3000 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3001 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3002 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3003 3004 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3005 LookupResult &R, 3006 bool NeedsADL); 3007 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3008 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3009 NamedDecl *D); 3010 3011 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3012 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3013 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3014 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3015 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3016 3017 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3018 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3019 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3020 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3021 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3022 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3023 SourceLocation R, 3024 MultiExprArg Val); 3025 3026 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3027 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3028 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3029 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3030 3031 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3032 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3033 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3034 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3035 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3036 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3037 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3038 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3039 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3040 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3041 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3042 Expr **Exprs, 3043 unsigned NumAssocs); 3044 3045 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3046 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3047 Expr *InputExpr); 3048 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3049 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3050 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3051 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3052 3053 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3054 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3055 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3056 SourceRange R); 3057 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3058 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3059 ExprResult 3060 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3061 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3062 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3063 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3064 3065 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3066 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3067 3068 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3069 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3070 SourceRange ExprRange, 3071 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3072 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3073 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3074 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3075 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3076 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3077 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3078 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3079 3080 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3081 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3082 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3083 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3084 3085 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3086 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3087 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3088 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3089 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3090 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3091 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3092 3093 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3094 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3095 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3096 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3097 // defines a custom operator->). 3098 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3099 Scope *S; 3100 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3101 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3102 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3103 }; 3104 3105 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3106 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3107 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3108 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3109 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3110 LookupResult &R, 3111 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3112 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3113 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3114 3115 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3116 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3117 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3118 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3119 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3120 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3121 3122 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3123 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3124 const LookupResult &R); 3125 3126 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3127 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3128 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3129 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3130 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3131 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3132 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3133 3134 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3135 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3136 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3137 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3138 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3139 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3140 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3141 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3142 3143 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3144 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3145 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3146 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3147 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3148 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3149 bool ExecConfig = false); 3150 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3151 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3152 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3153 3154 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3155 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3156 /// locations. 3157 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3158 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3159 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3160 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3161 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3162 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3163 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3164 Expr *Config = 0, 3165 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3166 3167 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3168 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3169 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3170 3171 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3172 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3173 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3174 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3175 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3176 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3177 Expr *Op); 3178 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3179 3180 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3181 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3182 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3183 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3184 3185 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3186 3187 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3188 ParsedType Ty, 3189 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3190 Expr *InitExpr); 3191 3192 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3193 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3194 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3195 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3196 3197 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3198 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3199 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3200 3201 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3202 SourceLocation Loc, 3203 bool GNUSyntax, 3204 ExprResult Init); 3205 3206 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3207 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3208 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3209 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3210 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3211 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3212 3213 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3214 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3215 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3216 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3217 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3218 3219 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3220 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3221 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3222 3223 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3224 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3225 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3226 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3227 3228 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3229 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3230 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3231 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3232 union { 3233 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3234 Expr *E; 3235 } U; 3236 }; 3237 3238 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3239 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3240 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3241 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3242 unsigned NumComponents, 3243 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3244 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3245 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3246 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3247 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3248 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3249 unsigned NumComponents, 3250 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3251 3252 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3253 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3254 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3255 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3256 3257 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3258 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3259 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3260 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3261 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3262 3263 // __null 3264 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3265 3266 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3267 3268 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3269 enum IfExistsResult { 3270 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3271 IER_Exists, 3272 3273 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3274 IER_DoesNotExist, 3275 3276 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3277 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3278 IER_Dependent, 3279 3280 /// \brief An error occurred. 3281 IER_Error 3282 }; 3283 3284 IfExistsResult 3285 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3286 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3287 3288 IfExistsResult 3289 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3290 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3291 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3292 3293 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3294 bool IsIfExists, 3295 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3296 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3297 Stmt *Nested); 3298 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3299 bool IsIfExists, 3300 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3301 Stmt *Nested); 3302 3303 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3304 3305 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3306 /// started. 3307 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3308 3309 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3310 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3311 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3312 Scope *CurScope); 3313 3314 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3315 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3316 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3317 3318 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3319 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3320 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3321 Scope *CurScope); 3322 3323 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3324 3325 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3326 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3327 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3328 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3329 3330 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3331 3332 // Act on C++ namespaces 3333 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3334 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3335 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3336 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3337 SourceLocation LBrace, 3338 AttributeList *AttrList); 3339 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3340 3341 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3342 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3343 3344 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3345 3346 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3347 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3348 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3349 3350 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3351 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3352 /// 3353 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3354 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3355 3356 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3357 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3358 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3359 3360 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3361 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3362 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3363 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3364 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3365 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3366 AttributeList *AttrList); 3367 3368 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3369 3370 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3371 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3372 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3373 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3374 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3375 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3376 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3377 3378 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3379 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3380 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3381 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3382 NamedDecl *Target); 3383 3384 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3385 bool isTypeName, 3386 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3387 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3388 const LookupResult &Previous); 3389 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3390 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3391 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3392 3393 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3394 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3395 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3396 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3397 AttributeList *AttrList, 3398 bool IsInstantiation, 3399 bool IsTypeName, 3400 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3401 3402 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3403 3404 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3405 AccessSpecifier AS, 3406 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3407 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3408 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3409 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3410 AttributeList *AttrList, 3411 bool IsTypeName, 3412 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3413 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3414 AccessSpecifier AS, 3415 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3416 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3417 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3418 TypeResult Type); 3419 3420 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3421 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3422 /// 3423 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3424 ExprResult 3425 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3426 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3427 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3428 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3429 SourceRange ParenRange); 3430 3431 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3432 // the constructor can be elidable? 3433 ExprResult 3434 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3435 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3436 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3437 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3438 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3439 3440 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3441 /// the default expr if needed. 3442 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3443 FunctionDecl *FD, 3444 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3445 3446 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3447 /// constructed variable. 3448 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3449 3450 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3451 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3452 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3453 // Pointer to allow copying 3454 Sema *Self; 3455 // We order exception specifications thus: 3456 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3457 // throw() comes next. 3458 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3459 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3460 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3461 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3462 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3463 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3464 3465 void ClearExceptions() { 3466 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3467 Exceptions.clear(); 3468 } 3469 3470 public: 3471 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3472 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3473 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3474 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3475 } 3476 3477 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3478 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3479 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3480 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3481 return ComputedEST; 3482 } 3483 3484 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3485 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3486 3487 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3488 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3489 3490 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3491 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3492 3493 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3494 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3495 3496 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3497 /// computed exception specification. 3498 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3499 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3500 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3501 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3502 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3503 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3504 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3505 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3506 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3507 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3508 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3509 tok::kw_false).take(); 3510 } 3511 } 3512 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3513 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3514 getEPI(EPI); 3515 return EPI; 3516 } 3517 }; 3518 3519 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3520 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3521 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3522 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3523 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3524 3525 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3526 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3527 /// will be const. 3528 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3529 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3530 3531 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3532 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3533 /// parameter will be const. 3534 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3535 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3536 3537 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3538 /// constructor of a class will have. 3539 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3540 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3541 3542 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3543 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3544 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3545 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3546 3547 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3548 /// destructor of a class will have. 3549 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3550 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3551 3552 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3553 /// special member function. 3554 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3555 3556 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3557 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3558 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3559 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3560 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3561 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3562 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3563 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3564 3565 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3566 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3567 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3568 bool Diagnose = false); 3569 3570 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3571 /// 3572 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3573 /// default constructor will be added. 3574 /// 3575 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3576 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3577 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3578 3579 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3580 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3581 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3582 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3583 3584 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3585 /// 3586 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3587 /// destructor will be added. 3588 /// 3589 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3590 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3591 3592 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3593 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3594 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3595 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3596 3597 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3598 /// 3599 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3600 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3601 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3602 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3603 3604 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3605 /// 3606 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3607 /// constructors will be added. 3608 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3609 3610 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3611 /// 3612 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3613 /// copy constructor will be added. 3614 /// 3615 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3616 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3617 3618 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3619 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3620 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3621 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3622 3623 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3624 /// 3625 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3626 /// move constructor will be added. 3627 /// 3628 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3629 /// declared. 3630 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3631 3632 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3633 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3634 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3635 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3636 3637 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3638 /// 3639 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3640 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3641 /// 3642 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3643 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3644 3645 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3646 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3647 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3648 3649 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3650 /// 3651 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3652 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3653 /// 3654 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3655 /// wasn't declared. 3656 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3657 3658 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3659 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3660 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3661 3662 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3663 /// class. 3664 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3665 3666 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3667 /// special member function. 3668 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3669 3670 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3671 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3672 /// 3673 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3674 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3675 3676 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3677 /// member function. 3678 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3679 3680 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3681 /// static member function. 3682 /// 3683 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3684 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3685 3686 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3687 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3688 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3689 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3690 3691 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3692 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3693 SourceLocation Loc, 3694 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3695 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3696 3697 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3698 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3699 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3700 ParsedType ObjectType, 3701 bool EnteringContext); 3702 3703 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3704 3705 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3706 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3707 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3708 3709 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3710 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3711 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3712 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3713 Declarator &D, 3714 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3715 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3716 Expr *E, 3717 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3718 3719 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3720 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3721 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3722 Expr *E, 3723 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3724 SourceRange Parens); 3725 3726 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3727 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3728 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3729 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3730 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3731 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3732 Expr *Operand, 3733 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3734 3735 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3736 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3737 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3738 void *TyOrExpr, 3739 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3740 3741 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3742 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3743 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3744 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3745 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3746 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3747 Expr *Operand, 3748 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3749 3750 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3751 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3752 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3753 void *TyOrExpr, 3754 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3755 3756 3757 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3758 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3759 3760 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3761 /// 3762 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3763 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3764 3765 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3766 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3767 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3768 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3769 3770 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3771 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3772 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3773 Sema &S; 3774 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3775 bool Enabled; 3776 3777 public: 3778 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3779 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3780 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3781 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3782 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3783 bool Enabled = true); 3784 3785 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3786 }; 3787 3788 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3789 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3790 /// 3791 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3792 /// 3793 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3794 /// capture list. 3795 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3796 3797 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3798 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3799 /// being defined. 3800 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3801 3802 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3803 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3804 3805 3806 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3807 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3808 3809 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3810 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3811 3812 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3813 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3814 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3815 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3816 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3817 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3818 3819 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3820 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3821 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3822 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3823 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3824 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3825 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3826 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3827 3828 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3829 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3830 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3831 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3832 3833 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3834 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3835 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3836 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3837 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3838 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3839 Expr *Initializer); 3840 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3841 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3842 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3843 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3844 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3845 QualType AllocType, 3846 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3847 Expr *ArraySize, 3848 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3849 Expr *Initializer, 3850 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3851 3852 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3853 SourceRange R); 3854 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3855 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3856 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3857 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3858 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3859 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3860 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3861 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3862 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3863 bool Diagnose = true); 3864 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3865 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3866 QualType Argument, 3867 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3868 3869 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3870 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3871 bool Diagnose = true); 3872 3873 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3874 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3875 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3876 Expr *Operand); 3877 3878 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3879 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3880 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3881 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3882 3883 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3884 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3885 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3886 SourceLocation RParen); 3887 3888 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3889 /// pseudo-functions. 3890 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3891 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3892 ParsedType Ty, 3893 SourceLocation RParen); 3894 3895 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3896 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3897 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3898 SourceLocation RParen); 3899 3900 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3901 /// pseudo-functions. 3902 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3903 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3904 ParsedType LhsTy, 3905 ParsedType RhsTy, 3906 SourceLocation RParen); 3907 3908 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3909 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3910 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3911 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3912 SourceLocation RParen); 3913 3914 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3915 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3916 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3917 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3918 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3919 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3920 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3921 3922 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3923 /// pseudo-functions. 3924 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3925 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3926 ParsedType LhsTy, 3927 Expr *DimExpr, 3928 SourceLocation RParen); 3929 3930 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3931 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3932 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3933 Expr *DimExpr, 3934 SourceLocation RParen); 3935 3936 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3937 /// pseudo-functions. 3938 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3939 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3940 Expr *Queried, 3941 SourceLocation RParen); 3942 3943 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3944 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3945 Expr *Queried, 3946 SourceLocation RParen); 3947 3948 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3949 Expr *Base, 3950 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3951 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3952 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3953 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3954 3955 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3956 3957 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3958 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3959 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3960 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3961 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3962 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3963 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3964 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3965 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3966 3967 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3968 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3969 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3970 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3971 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3972 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3973 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3974 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3975 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3976 3977 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3978 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3979 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3980 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3981 const DeclSpec& DS, 3982 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3983 3984 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3985 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3986 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3987 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3988 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3989 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3990 3991 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3992 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3993 : SourceLocation()); 3994 } 3995 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 3996 bool DiscardedValue = false); 3997 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3998 3999 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4000 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4001 4002 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4003 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4004 bool EnteringContext = false); 4005 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4006 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4007 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4008 4009 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4010 /// 4011 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4012 /// 4013 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4014 /// 4015 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4016 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4017 /// 4018 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4019 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4020 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4021 4022 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4023 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4024 4025 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4026 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4027 IdentifierInfo &II, 4028 ParsedType ObjectType); 4029 4030 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4031 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4032 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4033 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4034 QualType ObjectType, 4035 bool EnteringContext, 4036 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4037 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4038 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4039 4040 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4041 /// 4042 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4043 /// 4044 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4045 /// 4046 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4047 /// 4048 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4049 /// 4050 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4051 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4052 /// 4053 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4054 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4055 /// 4056 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4057 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4058 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4059 /// including this new type). 4060 /// 4061 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4062 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4063 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4064 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4065 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4066 ParsedType ObjectType, 4067 bool EnteringContext, 4068 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4069 4070 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4071 4072 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4073 const DeclSpec &DS, 4074 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4075 4076 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4077 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4078 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4079 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4080 ParsedType ObjectType, 4081 bool EnteringContext); 4082 4083 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4084 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4085 /// 4086 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4087 /// 4088 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4089 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4090 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4091 /// including this new type). 4092 /// 4093 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4094 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4095 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4096 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4097 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4098 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4099 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4100 /// 4101 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4102 /// nested-name-specifier. 4103 /// 4104 /// 4105 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4106 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4107 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4108 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4109 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4110 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4111 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4112 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4113 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4114 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4115 bool EnteringContext); 4116 4117 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4118 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4119 /// nested-name-specifier. 4120 /// 4121 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4122 /// 4123 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4124 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4125 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4126 4127 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4128 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4129 /// 4130 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4131 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4132 /// 4133 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4134 /// 4135 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4136 /// of the annotation pointer. 4137 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4138 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4139 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4140 4141 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4142 4143 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4144 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4145 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4146 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4147 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4148 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4149 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4150 4151 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4152 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4153 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4154 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4155 /// defining scope. 4156 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4157 4158 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4159 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4160 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4161 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4162 /// class X. 4163 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4164 4165 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4166 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4167 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4168 4169 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4170 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4171 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4172 bool KnownDependent); 4173 4174 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4175 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4176 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4177 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4178 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4179 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4180 4181 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4182 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4183 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4184 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4185 bool ExplicitParams, 4186 bool ExplicitResultType, 4187 bool Mutable); 4188 4189 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4190 /// given lambda. 4191 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4192 4193 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4194 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4195 4196 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4197 /// statements present in the body. 4198 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4199 4200 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4201 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4202 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4203 /// lambda. 4204 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4205 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4206 4207 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4208 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4209 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4210 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4211 4212 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4213 /// was successfully completed. 4214 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4215 Scope *CurScope, 4216 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4217 4218 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4219 /// function pointer. 4220 /// 4221 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4222 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4223 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4224 /// block pointer conversion. 4225 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4226 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4227 4228 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4229 /// block pointer. 4230 /// 4231 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4232 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4233 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4234 /// block pointer conversion. 4235 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4236 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4237 4238 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4239 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4240 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4241 Expr *Src); 4242 4243 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4244 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4245 Expr **Strings, 4246 unsigned NumStrings); 4247 4248 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4249 4250 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4251 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4252 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4253 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4254 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4255 bool Value); 4256 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4257 4258 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4259 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4260 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4261 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4262 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4263 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4264 4265 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4266 Expr *IndexExpr, 4267 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4268 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4269 4270 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4271 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4272 unsigned NumElements); 4273 4274 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4275 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4276 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4277 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4278 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4279 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4280 4281 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4282 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4283 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4284 ParsedType Ty, 4285 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4286 4287 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4288 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4289 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4290 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4291 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4292 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4293 4294 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4295 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4296 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4297 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4298 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4299 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4300 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4301 4302 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4303 // C++ Declarations 4304 // 4305 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4306 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4307 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4308 StringRef Lang, 4309 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4310 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4311 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4312 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4313 4314 4315 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4316 // C++ Classes 4317 // 4318 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4319 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4320 4321 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4322 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4323 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4324 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4325 4326 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4327 Declarator &D, 4328 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4329 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4330 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4331 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4332 Expr *Init); 4333 4334 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4335 Scope *S, 4336 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4337 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4338 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4339 const DeclSpec &DS, 4340 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4341 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4342 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4343 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4344 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4345 4346 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4347 Scope *S, 4348 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4349 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4350 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4351 const DeclSpec &DS, 4352 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4353 Expr *InitList, 4354 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4355 4356 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4357 Scope *S, 4358 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4359 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4360 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4361 const DeclSpec &DS, 4362 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4363 Expr *Init, 4364 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4365 4366 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4367 Expr *Init, 4368 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4369 4370 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4371 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4372 Expr *Init, 4373 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4374 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4375 4376 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4377 Expr *Init, 4378 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4379 4380 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4381 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4382 4383 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4384 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4385 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4386 4387 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4388 4389 4390 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4391 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4392 /// referenced. 4393 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4394 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4395 4396 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4397 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4398 /// first use occurred. 4399 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4400 4401 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4402 /// materialized. 4403 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4404 4405 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4406 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4407 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4408 /// by code generation). 4409 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4410 4411 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4412 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4413 4414 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4415 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4416 DynamicClassesType; 4417 4418 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4419 /// unit. 4420 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4421 4422 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4423 /// given location. 4424 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4425 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4426 4427 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4428 /// in the given class as needed. 4429 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4430 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4431 4432 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4433 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4434 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4435 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4436 4437 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4438 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4439 /// vtables. 4440 /// 4441 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4442 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4443 4444 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4445 4446 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4447 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4448 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4449 bool AnyErrors); 4450 4451 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4452 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4453 Decl *TagDecl, 4454 SourceLocation LBrac, 4455 SourceLocation RBrac, 4456 AttributeList *AttrList); 4457 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4458 4459 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4460 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4461 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4462 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4463 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4464 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4465 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4466 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4467 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4468 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4469 4470 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4471 Expr *AssertExpr, 4472 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4473 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4474 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4475 Expr *AssertExpr, 4476 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4477 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4478 bool Failed); 4479 4480 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4481 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4482 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4483 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4484 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4485 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4486 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4487 4488 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4489 StorageClass& SC); 4490 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4491 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4492 StorageClass& SC); 4493 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4494 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4495 StorageClass& SC); 4496 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4497 4498 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4499 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4500 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4501 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4502 4503 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4504 // C++ Derived Classes 4505 // 4506 4507 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4508 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4509 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4510 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4511 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4512 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4513 4514 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4515 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4516 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4517 ParsedType basetype, 4518 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4519 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4520 4521 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4522 unsigned NumBases); 4523 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4524 unsigned NumBases); 4525 4526 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4527 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4528 4529 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4530 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4531 4532 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4533 4534 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4535 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4536 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4537 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4538 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4539 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4540 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4541 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4542 DeclarationName Name, 4543 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4544 4545 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4546 4547 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4548 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4549 4550 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4551 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4552 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4553 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4554 4555 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4556 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4557 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4558 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4559 4560 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4561 4562 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4563 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4564 4565 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4566 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4567 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4568 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4569 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4570 4571 4572 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4573 // C++ Access Control 4574 // 4575 4576 enum AccessResult { 4577 AR_accessible, 4578 AR_inaccessible, 4579 AR_dependent, 4580 AR_delayed 4581 }; 4582 4583 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4584 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4585 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4586 4587 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4588 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4589 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4590 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4591 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4592 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4593 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4594 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4595 bool Diagnose = true); 4596 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4597 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4598 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4599 AccessSpecifier Access, 4600 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4601 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4602 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4603 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4604 AccessSpecifier Access, 4605 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4606 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4607 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4608 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4609 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4610 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4611 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4612 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4613 Expr *ArgExpr, 4614 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4615 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4616 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4617 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4618 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4619 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4620 unsigned DiagID, 4621 bool ForceCheck = false, 4622 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4623 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4624 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4625 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4626 AccessSpecifier access, 4627 QualType objectType); 4628 4629 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4630 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4631 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4632 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4633 4634 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4635 4636 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4637 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4638 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4639 4640 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4641 AbstractNone = -1, 4642 AbstractReturnType, 4643 AbstractParamType, 4644 AbstractVariableType, 4645 AbstractFieldType, 4646 AbstractIvarType, 4647 AbstractArrayType 4648 }; 4649 4650 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4651 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4652 template<typename T1> 4653 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4654 unsigned DiagID, 4655 const T1 &Arg1) { 4656 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4657 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4658 } 4659 4660 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4661 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4662 unsigned DiagID, 4663 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4664 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4665 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4666 } 4667 4668 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4669 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4670 unsigned DiagID, 4671 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4672 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4673 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4674 } 4675 4676 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4677 4678 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4679 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4680 4681 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4682 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4683 // 4684 4685 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4686 4687 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4688 4689 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4690 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4691 // 4692 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4693 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4694 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4695 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4696 4697 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4698 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4699 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4700 4701 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4702 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4703 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4704 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4705 ParsedType ObjectType, 4706 bool EnteringContext, 4707 TemplateTy &Template, 4708 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4709 4710 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4711 SourceLocation IILoc, 4712 Scope *S, 4713 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4714 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4715 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4716 4717 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4718 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4719 4720 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4721 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4722 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4723 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4724 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4725 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4726 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4727 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4728 4729 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4730 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4731 unsigned Depth, 4732 unsigned Position, 4733 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4734 Expr *DefaultArg); 4735 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4736 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4737 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4738 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4739 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4740 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4741 unsigned Depth, 4742 unsigned Position, 4743 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4744 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4745 4746 TemplateParameterList * 4747 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4748 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4749 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4750 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4751 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4752 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4753 4754 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4755 /// list. 4756 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4757 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4758 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4759 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4760 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4761 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4762 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4763 }; 4764 4765 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4766 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4767 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4768 TemplateParameterList * 4769 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4770 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4771 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4772 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4773 unsigned NumParamLists, 4774 bool IsFriend, 4775 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4776 bool &Invalid); 4777 4778 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4779 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4780 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4781 AttributeList *Attr, 4782 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4783 AccessSpecifier AS, 4784 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4785 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4786 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4787 4788 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4789 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4790 4791 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4792 4793 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4794 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4795 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4796 4797 TypeResult 4798 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4799 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4800 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4801 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4802 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4803 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4804 4805 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4806 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4807 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4808 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4809 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4810 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4811 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4812 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4813 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4814 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4815 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4816 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4817 4818 4819 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4820 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4821 LookupResult &R, 4822 bool RequiresADL, 4823 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4824 4825 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4826 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4827 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4828 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4829 4830 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4831 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4832 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4833 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4834 ParsedType ObjectType, 4835 bool EnteringContext, 4836 TemplateTy &Template); 4837 4838 DeclResult 4839 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4840 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4841 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4842 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4843 TemplateTy Template, 4844 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4845 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4846 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4847 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4848 AttributeList *Attr, 4849 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4850 4851 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4852 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4853 Declarator &D); 4854 4855 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4856 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4857 Declarator &D); 4858 4859 bool 4860 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4861 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4862 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4863 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4864 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4865 bool &SuppressNew); 4866 4867 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4868 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4869 LookupResult &Previous); 4870 4871 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4872 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4873 LookupResult &Previous); 4874 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4875 4876 DeclResult 4877 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4878 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4879 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4880 unsigned TagSpec, 4881 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4882 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4883 TemplateTy Template, 4884 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4885 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4886 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4887 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4888 AttributeList *Attr); 4889 4890 DeclResult 4891 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4892 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4893 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4894 unsigned TagSpec, 4895 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4896 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4897 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4898 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4899 AttributeList *Attr); 4900 4901 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4902 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4903 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4904 Declarator &D); 4905 4906 TemplateArgumentLoc 4907 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4908 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4909 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4910 Decl *Param, 4911 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4912 4913 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4914 /// argument is being checked. 4915 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4916 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4917 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4918 CTAK_Specified, 4919 4920 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4921 /// deduction. 4922 CTAK_Deduced, 4923 4924 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4925 /// via template argument deduction. 4926 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4927 }; 4928 4929 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4930 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4931 NamedDecl *Template, 4932 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4933 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4934 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4935 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4936 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4937 4938 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4939 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4940 /// 4941 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4942 /// provided. 4943 /// 4944 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4945 /// 4946 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4947 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4948 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4949 /// arguments. 4950 /// 4951 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4952 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4953 /// set of template arguments. 4954 /// 4955 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4956 /// arguments. 4957 /// 4958 /// 4959 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4960 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4961 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4962 /// 4963 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4964 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4965 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4966 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4967 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4968 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4969 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4970 4971 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4972 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4973 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4974 4975 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4976 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4977 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4978 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4979 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4980 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4981 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4982 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4983 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 4984 4985 ExprResult 4986 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4987 QualType ParamType, 4988 SourceLocation Loc); 4989 ExprResult 4990 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4991 SourceLocation Loc); 4992 4993 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4994 /// for equality. 4995 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4996 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4997 /// that might be redeclarations. 4998 /// 4999 /// \code 5000 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5001 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5002 /// \endcode 5003 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5004 5005 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5006 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5007 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5008 /// 5009 /// \code 5010 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5011 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5012 /// \endcode 5013 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5014 5015 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5016 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5017 /// template parameter. 5018 /// 5019 /// \code 5020 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5021 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5022 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5023 /// \endcode 5024 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5025 }; 5026 5027 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5028 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5029 bool Complain, 5030 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5031 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5032 = SourceLocation()); 5033 5034 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5035 5036 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5037 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5038 /// 5039 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5040 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5041 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5042 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5043 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5044 TypeResult 5045 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5046 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5047 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5048 5049 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5050 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5051 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5052 /// 5053 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5054 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5055 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5056 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5057 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5058 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5059 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5060 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5061 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5062 TypeResult 5063 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5064 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5065 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5066 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5067 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5068 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5069 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5070 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5071 5072 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5073 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5074 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5075 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5076 SourceLocation IILoc); 5077 5078 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5079 SourceLocation Loc, 5080 DeclarationName Name); 5081 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5082 5083 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5084 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5085 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5086 5087 std::string 5088 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5089 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5090 5091 std::string 5092 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5093 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5094 unsigned NumArgs); 5095 5096 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5097 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5098 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5099 5100 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5101 /// being diagnosed. 5102 /// 5103 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5104 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5105 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5106 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5107 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5108 5109 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5110 UPPC_BaseType, 5111 5112 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5113 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5114 5115 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5116 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5117 5118 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5119 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5120 5121 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5122 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5123 5124 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5125 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5126 5127 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5128 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5129 5130 /// \brief A using declaration. 5131 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5132 5133 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5134 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5135 5136 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5137 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5138 5139 /// \brief An initializer. 5140 UPPC_Initializer, 5141 5142 /// \brief A default argument. 5143 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5144 5145 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5146 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5147 5148 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5149 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5150 5151 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5152 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5153 5154 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5155 UPPC_IfExists, 5156 5157 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5158 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5159 5160 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5161 UPPC_Lambda, 5162 5163 /// \brief Block expression, 5164 UPPC_Block 5165}; 5166 5167 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5168 /// 5169 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5170 /// 5171 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5172 /// parameter packs. 5173 /// 5174 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5175 /// 5176 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5177 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5178 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5179 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5180 5181 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5182 /// diagnose the error. 5183 /// 5184 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5185 /// 5186 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5187 /// packs. 5188 /// 5189 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5190 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5191 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5192 5193 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5194 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5195 /// 5196 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5197 /// parameter packs. 5198 /// 5199 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5200 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5201 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5202 5203 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5204 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5205 /// 5206 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5207 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5208 /// 5209 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5210 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5211 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5212 5213 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5214 /// diagnose the error. 5215 /// 5216 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5217 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5218 /// 5219 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5220 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5221 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5222 5223 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5224 /// diagnose the error. 5225 /// 5226 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5227 /// 5228 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5229 /// parameter packs. 5230 /// 5231 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5232 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5233 TemplateName Template, 5234 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5235 5236 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5237 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5238 /// 5239 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5240 /// parameter packs. 5241 /// 5242 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5243 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5244 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5245 5246 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5247 /// template argument. 5248 /// 5249 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5250 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5251 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5252 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5253 5254 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5255 /// template argument. 5256 /// 5257 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5258 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5259 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5260 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5261 5262 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5263 /// type. 5264 /// 5265 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5266 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5267 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5268 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5269 5270 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5271 /// type. 5272 /// 5273 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5274 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5275 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5276 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5277 5278 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5279 /// nested-name-specifier. 5280 /// 5281 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5282 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5283 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5284 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5285 5286 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5287 /// name. 5288 /// 5289 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5290 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5291 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5292 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5293 5294 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5295 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5296 /// 5297 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5298 /// may already be invalid. 5299 /// 5300 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5301 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5302 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5303 5304 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5305 /// creates a pack expansion. 5306 /// 5307 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5308 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5309 /// 5310 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5311 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5312 5313 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5314 /// expansion. 5315 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5316 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5317 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5318 5319 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5320 /// expansion. 5321 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5322 SourceRange PatternRange, 5323 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5324 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5325 5326 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5327 /// creates a pack expansion. 5328 /// 5329 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5330 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5331 /// 5332 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5333 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5334 5335 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5336 /// creates a pack expansion. 5337 /// 5338 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5339 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5340 /// 5341 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5342 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5343 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5344 5345 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5346 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5347 /// transforming the pattern. 5348 /// 5349 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5350 /// pack expansion. 5351 /// 5352 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5353 /// the pack expansion. 5354 /// 5355 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5356 /// pattern. 5357 /// 5358 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5359 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5360 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5361 /// 5362 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5363 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5364 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5365 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5366 /// 5367 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5368 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5369 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5370 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5371 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5372 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5373 /// set this value in other cases. 5374 /// 5375 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5376 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5377 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5378 /// must be set. 5379 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5380 SourceRange PatternRange, 5381 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5382 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5383 bool &ShouldExpand, 5384 bool &RetainExpansion, 5385 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5386 5387 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5388 /// type. 5389 /// 5390 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5391 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5392 /// 5393 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5394 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5395 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5396 5397 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5398 /// parameter packs. 5399 /// 5400 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5401 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5402 /// 5403 /// \code 5404 /// void f(T...); 5405 /// \endcode 5406 /// 5407 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5408 /// a variadic function. 5409 /// 5410 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5411 /// false otherwise. 5412 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5413 5414 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5415 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5416 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5417 5418 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5419 /// 5420 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5421 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5422 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5423 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5424 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5425 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5426 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5427 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5428 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5429 TDK_Success = 0, 5430 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5431 TDK_Invalid, 5432 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5433 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5434 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5435 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5436 /// for every template parameter. 5437 TDK_Incomplete, 5438 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5439 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5440 TDK_Inconsistent, 5441 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5442 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5443 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5444 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5445 TDK_Underqualified, 5446 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5447 /// resulted in an error. 5448 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5449 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5450 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5451 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5452 /// arguments provided. 5453 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5454 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5455 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5456 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5457 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5458 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5459 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5460 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5461 /// template arguments for the given template. 5462 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5463 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5464 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5465 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5466 }; 5467 5468 TemplateDeductionResult 5469 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5470 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5471 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5472 5473 TemplateDeductionResult 5474 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5475 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5476 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5477 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5478 QualType *FunctionType, 5479 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5480 5481 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5482 // deduction for a call. 5483 struct OriginalCallArg { 5484 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5485 unsigned ArgIdx, 5486 QualType OriginalArgType) 5487 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5488 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5489 5490 QualType OriginalParamType; 5491 unsigned ArgIdx; 5492 QualType OriginalArgType; 5493 }; 5494 5495 TemplateDeductionResult 5496 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5497 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5498 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5499 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5500 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5501 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5502 5503 TemplateDeductionResult 5504 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5505 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5506 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5507 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5508 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5509 5510 TemplateDeductionResult 5511 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5512 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5513 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5514 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5515 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5516 5517 TemplateDeductionResult 5518 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5519 QualType ToType, 5520 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5521 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5522 5523 TemplateDeductionResult 5524 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5525 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5526 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5527 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5528 5529 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5530 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5531 DAR_Succeeded, 5532 DAR_Failed, 5533 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5534 }; 5535 5536 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5537 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5538 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5539 5540 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5541 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5542 SourceLocation Loc, 5543 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5544 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5545 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5546 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5547 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5548 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5549 SourceLocation Loc, 5550 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5551 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5552 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5553 bool Complain = true, 5554 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5555 5556 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5557 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5558 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5559 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5560 SourceLocation Loc); 5561 5562 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5563 bool OnlyDeduced, 5564 unsigned Depth, 5565 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5566 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5567 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5568 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5569 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5570 } 5571 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5572 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5573 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5574 5575 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5576 // C++ Template Instantiation 5577 // 5578 5579 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5580 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5581 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5582 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5583 5584 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5585 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5586 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5587 enum InstantiationKind { 5588 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5589 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5590 TemplateInstantiation, 5591 5592 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5593 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5594 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5595 /// arguments as specified. 5596 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5597 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5598 5599 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5600 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5601 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5602 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5603 5604 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5605 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5606 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5607 5608 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5609 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5610 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5611 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5612 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5613 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5614 5615 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5616 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5617 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5618 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5619 5620 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5621 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5622 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5623 5624 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5625 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5626 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5627 } Kind; 5628 5629 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5630 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5631 5632 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5633 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5634 /// arguments. 5635 NamedDecl *Template; 5636 5637 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5638 Decl *Entity; 5639 5640 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5641 /// are not part of the entity. 5642 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5643 5644 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5645 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5646 5647 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5648 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5649 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5650 5651 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5652 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5653 /// template instantiation. 5654 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5655 5656 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5657 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5658 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5659 5660 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5661 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5662 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5663 5664 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5665 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5666 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5667 return false; 5668 5669 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5670 return false; 5671 5672 switch (X.Kind) { 5673 case TemplateInstantiation: 5674 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5675 return true; 5676 5677 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5678 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5679 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5680 return false; 5681 5682 // Fall through 5683 5684 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5685 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5686 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5687 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5688 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5689 5690 } 5691 5692 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5693 } 5694 5695 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5696 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5697 return !(X == Y); 5698 } 5699 }; 5700 5701 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5702 /// 5703 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5704 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5705 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5706 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5707 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5708 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5709 5710 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5711 /// template instantiation. 5712 /// 5713 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5714 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5715 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5716 5717 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5718 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5719 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5720 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5721 5722 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5723 /// error or warning was produced. 5724 /// 5725 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5726 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5727 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5728 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5729 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5730 5731 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5732 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5733 /// 5734 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5735 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5736 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5737 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5738 5739 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5740 /// within a \c Sema object. 5741 /// 5742 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5743 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5744 Sema &Self; 5745 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5746 5747 public: 5748 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5749 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5750 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5751 } 5752 5753 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5754 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5755 } 5756 }; 5757 5758 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5759 5760 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5761 /// 5762 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5763 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5764 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5765 5766 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5767 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5768 /// deduction. 5769 /// 5770 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5771 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5772 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5773 5774 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5775 /// instantiation. 5776 /// 5777 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5778 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5779 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5780 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5781 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5782 /// 5783 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5784 /// the stack. 5785 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5786 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5787 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5788 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5789 Decl *Entity, 5790 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5791 5792 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5793 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5794 /// of a function template. 5795 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5796 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5797 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5798 5799 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5800 /// template-id. 5801 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5802 TemplateDecl *Template, 5803 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5804 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5805 5806 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5807 /// template-id. 5808 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5809 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5810 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5811 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5812 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5813 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5814 5815 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5816 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5817 /// specialization. 5818 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5819 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5820 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5821 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5822 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5823 5824 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5825 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5826 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5827 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5828 5829 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5830 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5831 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5832 NamedDecl *Template, 5833 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5834 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5835 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5836 5837 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5838 NamedDecl *Template, 5839 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5840 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5841 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5842 5843 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5844 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5845 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5846 TemplateDecl *Template, 5847 NamedDecl *Param, 5848 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5849 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5850 5851 5852 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5853 void Clear(); 5854 5855 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5856 5857 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5858 /// recursive template instantiations. 5859 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5860 5861 private: 5862 Sema &SemaRef; 5863 bool Invalid; 5864 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5865 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5866 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5867 5868 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5869 5870 InstantiatingTemplate& 5871 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5872 }; 5873 5874 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5875 5876 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5877 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5878 /// errors. 5879 /// 5880 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5881 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5882 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5883 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5884 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5885 5886 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5887 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5888 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5889 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5890 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5891 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5892 } 5893 5894 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5895 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5896 /// deduction.` 5897 class SFINAETrap { 5898 Sema &SemaRef; 5899 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5900 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5901 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5902 5903 public: 5904 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5905 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5906 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5907 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5908 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5909 { 5910 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5911 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5912 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5913 } 5914 5915 ~SFINAETrap() { 5916 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5917 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5918 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5919 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5920 } 5921 5922 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5923 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5924 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5925 } 5926 }; 5927 5928 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5929 /// variables. 5930 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5931 5932 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5933 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5934 5935 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5936 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5937 5938 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5939 /// name lookup. 5940 /// 5941 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5942 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5943 /// string represents a keyword. 5944 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5945 5946 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5947 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5948 5949 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5950 /// 5951 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5952 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5953 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5954 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5955 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5956 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5957 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5958 5959 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5960 /// but have not yet been performed. 5961 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5962 5963 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5964 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5965 /// 5966 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5967 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5968 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5969 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5970 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5971 5972 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5973 5974 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5975 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5976 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5977 5978 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5979 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5980 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5981 5982 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5983 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5984 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5985 5986 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5987 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5988 SourceLocation Loc, 5989 DeclarationName Entity, 5990 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5991 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5992 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5993 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5994 int indexAdjustment, 5995 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5996 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5997 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5998 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5999 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6000 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6001 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6002 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6003 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6004 6005 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6006 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6007 /// 6008 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6009 /// 6010 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6011 /// 6012 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6013 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6014 /// 6015 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6016 /// 6017 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6018 /// 6019 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6020 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6021 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6022 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6023 6024 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6025 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6026 6027 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6028 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6029 6030 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6031 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6032 bool CXXDirectInit); 6033 6034 bool 6035 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6036 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6037 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6038 6039 bool 6040 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6041 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6042 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6043 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6044 bool Complain = true); 6045 6046 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6047 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6048 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6049 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6050 6051 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6052 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6053 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6054 Decl *NewDecl; 6055 6056 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6057 Decl *D) 6058 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6059 { } 6060 }; 6061 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6062 6063 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6064 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6065 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6066 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6067 6068 bool 6069 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6070 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6071 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6072 bool Complain = true); 6073 6074 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6075 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6076 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6077 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6078 6079 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6080 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6081 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6082 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6083 6084 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6085 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6086 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6087 6088 DeclarationNameInfo 6089 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6090 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6091 TemplateName 6092 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6093 SourceLocation Loc, 6094 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6095 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6096 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6097 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6098 6099 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6100 FunctionDecl *Function); 6101 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6102 FunctionDecl *Function, 6103 bool Recursive = false, 6104 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6105 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6106 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6107 VarDecl *Var, 6108 bool Recursive = false, 6109 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6110 6111 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6112 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6113 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6114 6115 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6116 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6117 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6118 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6119 6120 // Objective-C declarations. 6121 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6122 OCK_None = -1, 6123 OCK_Interface = 0, 6124 OCK_Protocol, 6125 OCK_Category, 6126 OCK_ClassExtension, 6127 OCK_Implementation, 6128 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6129 }; 6130 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6131 6132 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6133 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6134 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6135 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6136 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6137 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6138 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6139 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6140 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6141 AttributeList *AttrList); 6142 6143 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6144 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6145 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6146 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6147 6148 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6149 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6150 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6151 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6152 6153 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6154 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6155 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6156 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6157 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6158 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6159 AttributeList *AttrList); 6160 6161 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6162 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6163 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6164 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6165 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6166 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6167 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6168 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6169 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6170 6171 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6172 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6173 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6174 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6175 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6176 6177 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6178 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6179 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6180 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6181 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6182 6183 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6184 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6185 6186 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6187 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6188 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6189 unsigned NumElts); 6190 6191 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6192 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6193 unsigned NumElts, 6194 AttributeList *attrList); 6195 6196 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6197 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6198 unsigned NumProtocols, 6199 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6200 6201 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6202 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6203 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6204 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6205 SourceLocation Loc, 6206 unsigned &Attributes, 6207 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6208 6209 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6210 /// setters and getters as needed. 6211 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6212 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6213 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6214 /// in class extension. 6215 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6216 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6217 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6218 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6219 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6220 6221 6222 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6223 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6224 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6225 6226 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6227 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6228 6229 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6230 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6231 6232 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6233 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6234 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6235 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6236 6237 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6238 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6239 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6240 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6241 bool *OverridingProperty, 6242 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6243 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6244 6245 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6246 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6247 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6248 bool ImplKind, 6249 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6250 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6251 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6252 6253 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6254 OSMK_None, 6255 OSMK_Alloc, 6256 OSMK_New, 6257 OSMK_Copy, 6258 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6259 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6260 }; 6261 6262 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6263 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6264 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6265 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6266 // in this case. 6267 ParsedType Type; 6268 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6269 6270 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6271 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6272 }; 6273 6274 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6275 Scope *S, 6276 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6277 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6278 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6279 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6280 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6281 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6282 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6283 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6284 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6285 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6286 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6287 6288 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6289 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6290 bool IsInstance); 6291 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6292 bool IsInstance); 6293 6294 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6295 6296 ExprResult 6297 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6298 Expr *BaseExpr, 6299 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6300 DeclarationName MemberName, 6301 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6302 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6303 bool Super); 6304 6305 ExprResult 6306 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6307 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6308 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6309 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6310 6311 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6312 6313 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6314 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6315 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6316 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6317 ObjCSuperMessage, 6318 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6319 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6320 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6321 /// name. 6322 ObjCClassMessage 6323 }; 6324 6325 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6326 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6327 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6328 bool IsSuper, 6329 bool HasTrailingDot, 6330 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6331 6332 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6333 Selector Sel, 6334 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6335 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6336 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6337 MultiExprArg Args); 6338 6339 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6340 QualType ReceiverType, 6341 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6342 Selector Sel, 6343 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6344 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6345 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6346 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6347 MultiExprArg Args, 6348 bool isImplicit = false); 6349 6350 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6351 bool isSuperReceiver, 6352 SourceLocation Loc, 6353 Selector Sel, 6354 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6355 MultiExprArg Args); 6356 6357 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6358 ParsedType Receiver, 6359 Selector Sel, 6360 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6361 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6362 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6363 MultiExprArg Args); 6364 6365 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6366 QualType ReceiverType, 6367 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6368 Selector Sel, 6369 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6370 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6371 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6372 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6373 MultiExprArg Args, 6374 bool isImplicit = false); 6375 6376 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6377 QualType ReceiverType, 6378 SourceLocation Loc, 6379 Selector Sel, 6380 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6381 MultiExprArg Args); 6382 6383 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6384 Expr *Receiver, 6385 Selector Sel, 6386 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6387 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6388 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6389 MultiExprArg Args); 6390 6391 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6392 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6393 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6394 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6395 Expr *SubExpr); 6396 6397 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6398 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6399 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6400 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6401 ParsedType Type, 6402 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6403 Expr *SubExpr); 6404 6405 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6406 6407 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6408 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6409 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6410 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6411 6412 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6413 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6414 RTC_Compatible, 6415 RTC_Incompatible, 6416 RTC_Unknown 6417 }; 6418 6419 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6420 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6421 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6422 6423 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6424 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6425 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6426 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6427 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6428 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6429 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6430 }; 6431 6432 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6433 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6434 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6435 6436 enum PragmaPackKind { 6437 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6438 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6439 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6440 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6441 }; 6442 6443 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6444 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6445 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6446 }; 6447 6448 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6449 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6450 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6451 Expr *Alignment, 6452 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6453 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6454 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6455 6456 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6457 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6458 6459 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6460 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6461 Scope *curScope, 6462 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6463 6464 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6465 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6466 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6467 6468 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6469 SourceLocation Loc); 6470 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6471 6472 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6473 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6474 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6475 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6476 6477 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6478 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6479 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6480 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6481 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6482 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6483 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6484 6485 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6486 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6487 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6488 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6489 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6490 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6491 6492 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6493 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6494 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6495 6496 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6497 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6498 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6499 6500 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6501 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6502 6503 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6504 void FreePackedContext(); 6505 6506 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6507 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6508 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6509 SourceLocation Loc); 6510 6511 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6512 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6513 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6514 6515 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6516 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6517 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6518 6519 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6520 void FreeVisContext(); 6521 6522 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6523 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6524 /// the appropriate attribute. 6525 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6526 6527 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6528 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6529 bool isDeclSpec, unsigned SpellingListIndex = 0); 6530 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6531 bool isDeclSpec); 6532 6533 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6534 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6535 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6536 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6537 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6538 CCK_CStyleCast, 6539 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6540 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6541 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6542 CCK_OtherCast 6543 }; 6544 6545 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6546 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6547 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6548 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6549 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6550 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6551 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6552 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6553 6554 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6555 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6556 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6557 6558 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6559 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6560 /// required. 6561 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6562 6563 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6564 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6565 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6566 6567 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6568 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6569 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6570 6571 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6572 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6573 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6574 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6575 6576 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6577 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6578 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6579 // type. 6580 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6581 6582 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6583 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6584 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6585 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6586 6587 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6588 enum VariadicCallType { 6589 VariadicFunction, 6590 VariadicBlock, 6591 VariadicMethod, 6592 VariadicConstructor, 6593 VariadicDoesNotApply 6594 }; 6595 6596 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6597 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6598 Expr *Fn); 6599 6600 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6601 // vararg function. 6602 enum VarArgKind { 6603 VAK_Valid, 6604 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6605 VAK_Invalid 6606 }; 6607 6608 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6609 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6610 6611 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6612 /// form of call prototypes. 6613 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6614 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6615 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6616 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6617 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6618 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6619 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6620 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6621 6622 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6623 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6624 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6625 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6626 6627 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6628 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6629 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6630 6631 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6632 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6633 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6634 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6635 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6636 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6637 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6638 6639 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6640 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6641 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6642 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6643 /// source and destination type. 6644 enum AssignConvertType { 6645 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6646 Compatible, 6647 6648 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6649 /// accept as an extension. 6650 PointerToInt, 6651 6652 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6653 /// accept as an extension. 6654 IntToPointer, 6655 6656 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6657 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6658 FunctionVoidPointer, 6659 6660 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6661 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6662 IncompatiblePointer, 6663 6664 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6665 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6666 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6667 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6668 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6669 6670 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6671 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6672 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6673 6674 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6675 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6676 /// like address spaces. 6677 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6678 6679 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6680 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6681 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6682 /// extension. 6683 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6684 6685 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6686 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6687 IncompatibleVectors, 6688 6689 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6690 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6691 IntToBlockPointer, 6692 6693 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6694 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6695 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6696 6697 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6698 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6699 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6700 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6701 6702 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6703 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6704 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6705 6706 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6707 /// represent it in the AST. 6708 Incompatible 6709 }; 6710 6711 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6712 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6713 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6714 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6715 SourceLocation Loc, 6716 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6717 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6718 bool *Complained = 0); 6719 6720 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6721 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6722 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6723 Expr *SrcExpr); 6724 6725 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6726 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6727 /// C99 6.5.16. 6728 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6729 QualType LHSType, 6730 QualType RHSType); 6731 6732 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6733 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6734 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6735 ExprResult &RHS, 6736 CastKind &Kind); 6737 6738 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6739 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6740 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6741 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6742 ExprResult &RHS, 6743 bool Diagnose = true); 6744 6745 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6746 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6747 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6748 ExprResult &RHS); 6749 6750 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6751 6752 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6753 6754 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6755 AssignmentAction Action, 6756 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6757 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6758 AssignmentAction Action, 6759 bool AllowExplicit, 6760 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6761 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6762 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6763 AssignmentAction Action, 6764 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6765 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6766 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6767 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6768 AssignmentAction Action, 6769 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6770 6771 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6772 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6773 6774 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6775 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6776 ExprResult &RHS); 6777 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6778 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6779 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6780 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6781 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6782 bool IsDivide); 6783 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6784 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6785 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6786 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6787 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6788 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6789 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6790 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6791 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6792 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6793 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6794 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6795 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6796 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6797 bool isRelational); 6798 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6799 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6800 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6801 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6802 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6803 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6804 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6805 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6806 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6807 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6808 6809 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6810 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6811 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6812 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6813 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6814 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6815 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6816 6817 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6818 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6819 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6820 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6821 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6822 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6823 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6824 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6825 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6826 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6827 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6828 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6829 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6830 NonStandardCompositeType); 6831 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6832 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6833 return Composite; 6834 } 6835 6836 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6837 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6838 6839 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6840 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6841 6842 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6843 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6844 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6845 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6846 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6847 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6848 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6849 SourceLocation Loc); 6850 6851 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6852 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6853 6854 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6855 6856 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6857 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6858 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6859 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6860 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6861 /// reference binding is not possible. 6862 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6863 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6864 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6865 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6866 Ref_Related, 6867 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6868 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6869 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6870 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6871 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6872 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6873 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6874 Ref_Compatible 6875 }; 6876 6877 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6878 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6879 bool &DerivedToBase, 6880 bool &ObjCConversion, 6881 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6882 6883 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6884 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6885 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6886 6887 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6888 /// given type. 6889 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6890 6891 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6892 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6893 /// 6894 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6895 /// argument is invalid. 6896 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6897 6898 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6899 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6900 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6901 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6902 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6903 CastKind &Kind); 6904 6905 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6906 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6907 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6908 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6909 // returns the cast expr 6910 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6911 CastKind &Kind); 6912 6913 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6914 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6915 Expr *CastExpr, 6916 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6917 6918 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6919 6920 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6921 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6922 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6923 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6924 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6925 6926 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6927 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6928 6929 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6930 QualType ExprType); 6931 6932 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6933 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6934 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6935 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6936 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6937 6938 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6939 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6940 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6941 6942 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6943 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6944 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6945 6946 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6947 /// \param Method - May be null. 6948 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6949 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6950 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6951 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6952 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6953 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6954 bool isSuperMessage, 6955 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6956 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6957 6958 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6959 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6960 /// and the form of the message send. 6961 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6962 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6963 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6964 6965 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6966 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6967 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6968 6969 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6970 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6971 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6972 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6973 /// 6974 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6975 /// 'if' keyword. 6976 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6977 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6978 6979 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6980 Expr *SubExpr); 6981 6982 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6983 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6984 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6985 6986 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6987 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6988 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6989 6990 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6991 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6992 6993 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6994 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6995 /// the specified diagnostic. 6996 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6997 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6998 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6999 7000 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7001 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7002 /// in the global scope. 7003 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7004 7005 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7006 /// expression violations. 7007 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7008 public: 7009 bool Suppress; 7010 7011 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7012 7013 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7014 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7015 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7016 }; 7017 7018 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7019 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7020 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7021 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7022 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7023 bool AllowFold = true); 7024 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7025 unsigned DiagID, 7026 bool AllowFold = true); 7027 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7028 7029 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7030 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7031 /// Returns false on success. 7032 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7033 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7034 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7035 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7036 7037 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7038 CFT_Device, 7039 CFT_Global, 7040 CFT_Host, 7041 CFT_HostDevice 7042 }; 7043 7044 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7045 7046 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7047 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7048 7049 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7050 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7051 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7052 } 7053 7054 /// \name Code completion 7055 //@{ 7056 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7057 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7058 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7059 PCC_Namespace, 7060 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7061 PCC_Class, 7062 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7063 /// or category. 7064 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7065 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7066 /// category implementation 7067 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7068 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7069 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7070 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7071 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7072 /// headers. 7073 PCC_Template, 7074 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7075 /// headers within a class. 7076 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7077 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7078 PCC_Expression, 7079 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7080 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7081 PCC_Statement, 7082 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7083 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7084 PCC_ForInit, 7085 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7086 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7087 PCC_Condition, 7088 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7089 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7090 /// in the grammar. 7091 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7092 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7093 PCC_Type, 7094 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7095 /// might also be a type cast. 7096 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7097 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7098 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7099 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7100 }; 7101 7102 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7103 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7104 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7105 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7106 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7107 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7108 7109 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7110 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7111 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7112 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7113 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7114 bool IsArrow); 7115 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7116 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7117 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7118 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7119 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7120 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7121 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7122 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7123 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7124 7125 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7126 bool EnteringContext); 7127 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7128 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7129 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7130 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7131 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7132 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7133 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7134 unsigned NumInitializers); 7135 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7136 bool AfterAmpersand); 7137 7138 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7139 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7140 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7141 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7142 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7143 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7144 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7145 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7146 bool IsParameter); 7147 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7148 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7149 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7150 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7151 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7152 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7153 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7154 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7155 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7156 bool IsSuper = false); 7157 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7158 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7159 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7160 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7161 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7162 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7163 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7164 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7165 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7166 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7167 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7168 unsigned NumProtocols); 7169 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7170 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7171 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7172 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7173 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7174 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7175 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7176 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7177 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7178 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7179 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7180 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7181 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7182 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7183 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7184 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7185 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7186 ParsedType ReturnType); 7187 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7188 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7189 bool AtParameterName, 7190 ParsedType ReturnType, 7191 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7192 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7193 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7194 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7195 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7196 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7197 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7198 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7199 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7200 unsigned Argument); 7201 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7202 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7203 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7204 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7205 //@} 7206 7207 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7208 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7209 7210public: 7211 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7212 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7213 7214private: 7215 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7216 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7217 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7218 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7219 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7220 // FunctionDeclaration. 7221 struct FormatStringInfo { 7222 unsigned FormatIdx; 7223 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7224 bool HasVAListArg; 7225 }; 7226 7227 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7228 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7229 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7230 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7231 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7232 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7233 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7234 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7235 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7236 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7237 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7238 SourceLocation Loc); 7239 7240 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7241 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7242 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7243 VariadicCallType CallType); 7244 7245 7246 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7247 7248 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7249 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7250 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7251 7252 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7253 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7254 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7255 7256public: 7257 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7258 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7259 7260private: 7261 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7262 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7263 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7264 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7265 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7266 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7267 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7268 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7269 7270 enum FormatStringType { 7271 FST_Scanf, 7272 FST_Printf, 7273 FST_NSString, 7274 FST_Strftime, 7275 FST_Strfmon, 7276 FST_Kprintf, 7277 FST_Unknown 7278 }; 7279 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7280 7281 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7282 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7283 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7284 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7285 }; 7286 7287 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7288 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7289 bool HasVAListArg, 7290 unsigned format_idx, 7291 unsigned firstDataArg, 7292 FormatStringType Type, 7293 VariadicCallType CallType, 7294 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7295 7296 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7297 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7298 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7299 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7300 VariadicCallType CallType); 7301 7302 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7303 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7304 bool IsCXXMember, 7305 VariadicCallType CallType, 7306 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7307 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7308 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7309 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7310 VariadicCallType CallType, 7311 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7312 7313 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7314 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7315 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7316 7317 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7318 unsigned BId, 7319 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7320 7321 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7322 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7323 7324 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7325 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7326 7327 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7328 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7329 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7330 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7331 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7332 7333 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7334 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7335 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation()); 7336 7337 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7338 Expr *Init); 7339 7340public: 7341 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7342 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7343 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7344 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7345 7346 struct TypeTagData { 7347 TypeTagData() {} 7348 7349 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7350 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7351 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7352 {} 7353 7354 QualType Type; 7355 7356 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7357 /// layout-compatibility. 7358 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7359 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7360 }; 7361 7362 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7363 /// identifies the magic value. 7364 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7365 7366private: 7367 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7368 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7369 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7370 7371 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7372 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7373 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7374 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7375 7376 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7377 /// 7378 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7379 Scope *CurScope; 7380 7381protected: 7382 friend class Parser; 7383 friend class InitializationSequence; 7384 friend class ASTReader; 7385 friend class ASTWriter; 7386 7387public: 7388 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7389 /// 7390 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7391 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7392 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7393 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7394 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7395 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7396 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7397 7398 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7399 7400 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7401 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7402 } 7403 7404 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7405 7406 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7407 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7408 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7409 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7410 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7411 return DC; 7412 } 7413}; 7414 7415/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7416class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7417 Sema &Actions; 7418 7419public: 7420 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7421 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7422 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7423 bool IsDecltype = false) 7424 : Actions(Actions) { 7425 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7426 IsDecltype); 7427 } 7428 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7429 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7430 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7431 bool IsDecltype = false) 7432 : Actions(Actions) { 7433 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7434 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7435 IsDecltype); 7436 } 7437 7438 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7439 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7440 } 7441}; 7442 7443} // end namespace clang 7444 7445#endif 7446